1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
69 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
70 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
73 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
74 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
75 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
76 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
77 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
78 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
79 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
80 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
81 CIE = Common Information Entry
82 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
83 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
84 FDE = Frame Description Entry
85 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
86 how to restore registers
88 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
89 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
91 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
95 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
97 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
98 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
99 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
102 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
103 || flag_unwind_tables
104 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
109 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
111 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
114 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
115 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
117 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
119 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
121 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
122 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
123 int fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
124 int per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
125 int lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
129 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
130 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
131 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
132 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
133 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
134 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
136 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
138 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, SECTION_WRITE);
143 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
145 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
147 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
150 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
151 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
152 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
155 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
157 default_eh_frame_section (void)
159 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
160 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
162 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
166 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
167 must be kept around forever. */
168 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
170 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
171 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
172 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
173 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
175 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
176 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
177 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
178 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
179 define type declaration DIE's. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
182 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
183 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
184 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
187 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
188 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
189 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
191 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
192 Information instructions. The register number, offset
193 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
194 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
196 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
198 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
204 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
206 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
207 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
208 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
209 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
213 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
215 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
216 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
217 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
219 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
224 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
225 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
226 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
227 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
228 of this structure. */
229 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
232 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
233 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
234 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
237 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
238 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
239 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
240 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
241 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
243 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
245 const char *dw_fde_begin;
246 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
247 const char *dw_fde_end;
248 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
249 unsigned funcdef_number;
250 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
251 unsigned nothrow : 1;
252 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
256 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
257 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
259 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
260 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
261 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
262 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
264 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
265 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
268 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
269 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
270 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
273 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
277 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
278 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
279 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
282 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
283 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
285 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
286 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
289 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
291 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
292 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
293 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
295 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
296 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
297 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
298 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
300 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
304 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
305 information for each routine. */
306 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
308 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
309 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
311 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
312 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
314 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
316 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
318 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
319 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
321 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
322 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
323 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
324 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
325 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
326 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
329 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
332 unsigned int refcount;
337 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
339 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
340 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
342 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
344 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
346 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
347 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
348 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
349 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
350 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
351 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
352 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
353 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
354 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
355 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
356 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
357 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
358 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx);
359 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
360 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
361 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
362 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
364 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
365 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
366 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
367 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
368 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
370 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
372 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
373 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
374 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
377 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
378 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
379 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
381 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
382 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
385 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
386 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
389 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
390 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
393 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
394 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
395 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
396 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
397 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
398 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
399 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
401 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
403 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
405 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
406 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
408 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
410 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
412 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
416 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
417 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
418 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
422 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
423 for the current function. */
424 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
425 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
428 /* Hook used by __throw. */
431 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
433 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
436 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
437 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
440 stripattributes (const char *s)
442 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
447 while (*s && *s != ',')
454 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
457 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
460 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
461 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
462 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
463 bool wrote_return_column = false;
465 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
466 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
468 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
469 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
472 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
473 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
474 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
476 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
478 wrote_return_column = true;
480 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
484 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
487 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
488 if (! wrote_return_column)
490 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
491 wrote_return_column = false;
493 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
496 if (! wrote_return_column)
498 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
499 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
500 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
501 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
505 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
508 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
512 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
513 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
515 return "DW_CFA_offset";
517 return "DW_CFA_restore";
521 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
526 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
527 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
528 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
529 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
530 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
531 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
532 case DW_CFA_undefined:
533 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
534 case DW_CFA_same_value:
535 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
536 case DW_CFA_register:
537 return "DW_CFA_register";
538 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
539 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
540 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
541 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
550 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
552 case DW_CFA_expression:
553 return "DW_CFA_expression";
554 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
555 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
561 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
562 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
563 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
570 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
571 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
574 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
578 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
580 static inline dw_cfi_ref
583 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
585 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
586 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
587 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
592 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
595 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
599 /* Find the end of the chain. */
600 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
606 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
609 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
611 static char label[20];
613 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
618 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
619 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
622 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
626 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
629 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
631 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
632 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
636 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
638 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
640 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
641 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
642 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
645 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
649 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
652 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
655 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
657 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
659 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
660 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
662 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
663 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
666 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
667 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
669 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
670 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
677 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
680 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
684 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
687 loc->base_offset = 0;
689 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
690 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
692 if (fde_table_in_use)
694 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
695 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
696 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
700 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
701 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
703 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
705 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
707 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
708 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
710 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
711 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
713 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
714 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
715 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
718 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
725 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
728 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
729 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
732 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
735 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
740 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
741 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
743 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
744 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
746 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
747 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
748 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
749 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
754 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
756 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
757 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
759 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
760 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
763 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
764 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
767 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
768 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
769 offset has not changed. */
770 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
771 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
775 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
778 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
779 the specified offset. */
780 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
781 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
782 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
786 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
787 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
788 register-offset pair is available. */
789 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
791 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
792 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
793 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
796 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
799 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
800 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
801 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
802 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
805 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
807 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
809 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
811 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
812 the value isn't a register number. */
813 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
816 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
818 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
820 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
822 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
824 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
825 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
826 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
828 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
830 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
834 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
836 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
838 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
840 else if (sreg == reg)
841 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
845 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
846 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
849 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
852 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
853 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
854 from the previous frame's window save area.
856 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
857 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
860 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
862 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
864 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
865 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
868 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
869 pushed onto the stack. */
872 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
876 if (size == old_args_size)
879 old_args_size = size;
882 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
883 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
884 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
887 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
888 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
891 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
893 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
896 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
897 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
900 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
902 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
905 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
906 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
909 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
911 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
914 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
915 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
918 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
920 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
921 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
923 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
926 /* RA is in a register. */
927 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
931 /* RA is on the stack. */
933 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
936 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
942 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
944 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
948 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
950 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
960 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
961 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
962 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
963 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
972 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
975 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
979 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
981 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
982 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
983 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
986 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
988 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
989 code = GET_CODE (src);
990 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
991 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
992 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
995 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
999 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
1001 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1002 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1003 code = GET_CODE (src);
1009 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1011 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1012 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1013 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
1014 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
1016 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1023 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1025 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1032 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1034 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1060 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1061 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1062 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1063 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1064 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1067 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
1069 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1070 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1071 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1072 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1073 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1074 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1075 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
1078 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1082 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1083 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1084 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1087 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
1089 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1090 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1091 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1092 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1093 offset = -args_size;
1098 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1099 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1100 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1101 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1103 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1105 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1106 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1107 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1115 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1116 cfa.offset += offset;
1118 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1122 args_size += offset;
1126 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1127 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1128 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1133 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1134 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1135 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1137 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1139 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1141 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1144 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1146 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1147 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1150 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1152 struct queued_reg_save *q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1154 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1156 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1157 queued_reg_saves = q;
1159 last_reg_save_label = label;
1163 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1165 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1167 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = next)
1169 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1173 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1174 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1178 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1180 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1182 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1183 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1190 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1191 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1192 value, not an offset. */
1193 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1195 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1196 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1197 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1200 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1201 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1202 users need not read the source code.
1204 The High-Level Picture
1206 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1207 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1208 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1209 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1210 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1212 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1213 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1214 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1215 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1216 saves. This also seems to work.
1218 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1219 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1220 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1221 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1223 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1224 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1225 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1226 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1228 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1230 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1231 consists of a register and an offset.
1232 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1233 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1234 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1235 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1236 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1237 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1238 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1240 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1241 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1242 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1245 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1246 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1247 and cfa_temp.offset.
1249 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1252 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1253 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1254 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1258 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1259 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1262 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1263 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1264 cfa.offset unchanged
1265 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1266 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1269 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1270 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1271 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1272 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1273 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1274 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1277 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1278 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1279 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1282 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1283 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1285 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1286 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1290 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1291 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1293 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1294 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1297 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1298 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1299 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1302 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1303 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1304 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1307 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1311 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1312 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1313 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1316 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1317 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1318 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1320 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1323 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1324 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1325 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1327 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1330 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1333 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1334 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1337 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1338 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1339 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1342 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1343 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1344 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1345 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1348 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1351 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1353 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1354 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1355 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1356 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1357 flag is set in them. */
1358 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1361 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1363 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1364 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1365 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1367 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1372 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1375 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1376 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1378 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1382 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1383 relative to the current CFA register. */
1384 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1386 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1388 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1394 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1395 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1396 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1397 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1398 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1399 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1400 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1406 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1410 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1413 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1416 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1418 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1424 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1426 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1427 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1429 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1431 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1432 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1434 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1437 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1439 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1440 cfa.offset += offset;
1441 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1442 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1444 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1447 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1448 or adjusting the FP */
1449 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1452 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1453 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1454 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1456 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1457 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1459 cfa.offset += offset;
1460 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1467 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1471 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1472 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1473 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1475 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1476 into the FP later on. */
1477 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1478 cfa.offset += offset;
1479 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1480 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1481 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1482 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1486 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1487 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1488 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1490 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1491 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1492 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1494 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1495 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1499 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1500 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1502 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1503 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1512 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1513 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1518 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1519 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1520 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1523 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1524 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1525 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1528 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1529 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1538 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1542 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1545 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1547 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1552 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1553 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1555 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1557 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1558 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1561 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1562 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1563 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1565 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1571 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1572 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1575 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1576 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1579 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1580 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1581 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1583 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1587 /* With an offset. */
1591 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1593 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1594 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1597 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1598 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1599 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1600 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1606 /* Without an offset. */
1608 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1609 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1610 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1611 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1618 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1620 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1621 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1628 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1629 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1630 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1632 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1634 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1636 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1637 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1639 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1640 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1645 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1646 calculate the CFA. */
1647 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1649 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1651 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1654 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1655 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1657 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1662 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1663 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1671 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1672 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1673 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1676 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn)
1681 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1683 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1684 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1686 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1688 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1691 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1694 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1698 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1699 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1701 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1703 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1704 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1709 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1710 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1712 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1714 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1716 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1721 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1722 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1723 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1725 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1726 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1731 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1732 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1734 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1735 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1736 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1738 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1739 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1742 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1743 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1744 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1745 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1746 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1747 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1748 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1749 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1750 case DW_CFA_register:
1751 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1753 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1754 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1755 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1756 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1758 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1759 case DW_CFA_expression:
1760 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1767 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1768 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1769 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1771 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1772 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1776 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1779 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1780 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1781 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1783 case DW_CFA_register:
1784 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1787 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1791 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1793 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1794 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1795 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1796 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1797 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1800 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1803 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1806 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1808 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1809 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1810 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1811 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1813 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1814 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1815 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1816 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1818 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1820 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1822 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1827 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1829 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1831 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1833 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1834 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1835 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1838 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1839 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1842 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1843 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1844 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1845 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1848 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1849 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1850 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1851 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1854 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1855 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1856 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1857 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1860 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1861 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1862 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1863 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1866 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1867 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1868 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1869 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1873 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1874 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1875 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1876 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1877 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1880 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1881 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1882 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1883 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1884 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1885 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1888 case DW_CFA_register:
1889 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1890 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1891 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1892 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
1895 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1896 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1897 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1900 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1901 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1904 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1907 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1908 case DW_CFA_expression:
1909 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1912 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1913 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1922 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
1923 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1924 location of saved registers. */
1927 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
1932 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
1933 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
1934 char augmentation[6];
1935 int augmentation_size;
1936 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1937 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1938 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1940 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1941 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
1944 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1945 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1946 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1947 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1950 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
1952 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
1953 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1954 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
1955 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
1956 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
1957 any_eh_needed = true;
1959 if (! any_eh_needed)
1963 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1968 (*targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section) ();
1970 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
1972 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
1973 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
1975 /* Output the CIE. */
1976 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1977 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1978 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1979 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1980 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1982 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1983 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1984 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1985 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1986 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1988 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1990 augmentation[0] = 0;
1991 augmentation_size = 0;
1997 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1998 augmentation section.
1999 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2000 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2001 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2003 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2004 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2006 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2007 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2008 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2010 p = augmentation + 1;
2011 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2014 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2016 if (any_lsda_needed)
2019 augmentation_size += 1;
2021 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2024 augmentation_size += 1;
2026 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2028 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2032 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2033 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2035 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2037 + 1 /* CIE version */
2038 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2039 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2040 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2042 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2043 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2044 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2046 augmentation_size += pad;
2048 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2049 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2050 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
2055 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2056 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2057 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2058 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2059 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2061 if (augmentation[0])
2063 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2064 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2067 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2068 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2069 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2072 if (any_lsda_needed)
2073 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2074 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2076 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2078 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2081 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2082 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2084 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2085 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2086 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2087 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2089 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2090 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2092 fde = &fde_table[i];
2094 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2095 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2096 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2097 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2100 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2101 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2103 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2105 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2108 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2110 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2115 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2116 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
2117 "FDE initial location");
2118 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2119 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2120 "FDE address range");
2124 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2125 "FDE initial location");
2126 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2127 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2128 "FDE address range");
2131 if (augmentation[0])
2133 if (any_lsda_needed)
2135 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2137 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2139 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2140 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2141 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2142 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2143 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2146 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
2150 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2152 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2154 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2155 fde->funcdef_number);
2156 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2157 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2158 "Language Specific Data Area");
2162 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2163 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2165 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2166 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2170 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2173 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2175 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2176 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2177 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2179 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2180 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2181 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2182 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2185 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2186 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2187 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2188 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2189 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2190 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2193 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2198 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2202 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2203 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2205 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2208 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
2210 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2211 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2212 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2214 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2215 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2218 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2222 function_section (current_function_decl);
2223 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2224 current_function_funcdef_no);
2225 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2226 current_function_funcdef_no);
2227 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2229 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2230 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2231 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2235 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2236 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2238 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2239 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2240 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2241 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2242 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2245 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2246 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2248 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2249 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2250 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2251 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2252 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2253 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2254 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2255 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2256 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2257 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2259 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2261 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2262 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2263 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2265 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2269 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2270 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2274 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2275 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2278 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2280 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2282 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2283 current_function_funcdef_no);
2284 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2285 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2286 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2290 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2292 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2293 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2294 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2295 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2297 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2298 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2300 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2301 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2302 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2303 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2308 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2310 /* Output call frame information. */
2311 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
2312 output_call_frame_info (0);
2314 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2315 output_call_frame_info (1);
2319 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2320 for emitting location expressions. */
2322 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2323 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2324 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2327 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2328 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2329 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2330 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2332 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2333 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2334 implementation are listed below. */
2339 dw_val_class_offset,
2341 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2342 dw_val_class_range_list,
2344 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2345 dw_val_class_long_long,
2348 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2349 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2350 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2351 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2355 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2356 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2358 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2365 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2367 typedef struct dw_fp_struct GTY(())
2369 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2374 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2375 represented internally. */
2377 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2379 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2380 union dw_val_struct_union
2382 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2383 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2384 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2385 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2386 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default (""))) val_int;
2387 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2388 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2389 dw_float_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float;
2390 struct dw_val_die_union
2394 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2395 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2396 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2397 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2398 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2400 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2404 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2407 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2409 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2410 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2411 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2412 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2417 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2418 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2419 their entire life. */
2420 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2422 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2423 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2424 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2425 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2426 Only on head of list */
2427 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2428 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2431 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2433 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2434 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2435 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2436 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2437 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2438 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2439 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2440 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2442 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2445 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2450 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2451 return "DW_OP_addr";
2453 return "DW_OP_deref";
2455 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2457 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2459 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2461 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2463 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2465 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2467 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2469 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2471 return "DW_OP_constu";
2473 return "DW_OP_consts";
2477 return "DW_OP_drop";
2479 return "DW_OP_over";
2481 return "DW_OP_pick";
2483 return "DW_OP_swap";
2487 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2495 return "DW_OP_minus";
2507 return "DW_OP_plus";
2508 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2509 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2515 return "DW_OP_shra";
2533 return "DW_OP_skip";
2535 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2537 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2539 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2541 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2543 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2545 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2547 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2549 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2551 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2553 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2555 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2557 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2559 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2561 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2563 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2565 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2567 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2569 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2571 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2573 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2575 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2577 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2579 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2581 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2583 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2585 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2587 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2589 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2591 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2593 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2595 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2597 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2599 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2601 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2603 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2605 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2607 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2609 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2611 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2613 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2615 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2617 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2619 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2621 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2623 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2625 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2627 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2629 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2631 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2633 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2635 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2637 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2639 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2641 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2643 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2645 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2647 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2649 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2651 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2653 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2655 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2657 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2659 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2661 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2663 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2665 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2667 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2669 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2671 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2673 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2675 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2677 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2679 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2681 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2683 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2685 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2687 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2689 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2691 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2693 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2695 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2697 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2699 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2701 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2703 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2705 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2707 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2709 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2711 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2713 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2715 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2717 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2719 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2721 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2723 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2725 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2727 return "DW_OP_regx";
2729 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2731 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2733 return "DW_OP_piece";
2734 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2735 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2736 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2737 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2740 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2741 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2743 return "DW_OP_call2";
2745 return "DW_OP_call4";
2746 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2747 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2748 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2749 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2751 return "OP_<unknown>";
2755 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2756 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2757 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2759 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2760 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
2761 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
2763 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2765 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2766 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2767 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2768 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2769 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2775 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2778 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
2780 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2782 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2783 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2789 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2791 static unsigned long
2792 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2794 unsigned long size = 1;
2796 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2799 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2800 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2819 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2822 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2827 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2828 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2866 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2869 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2872 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2875 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2876 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2879 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2881 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2882 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2891 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2892 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2901 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2903 static unsigned long
2904 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2908 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2910 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2911 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2917 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2920 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2922 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2923 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2925 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2927 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2929 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2933 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2937 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2941 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2943 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2950 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2951 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2955 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2968 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2969 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2970 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2971 only doing unwinding. */
2976 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2979 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2982 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2985 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2987 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2988 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3022 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3025 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3028 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3031 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3032 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3035 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3037 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3038 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3042 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3043 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3044 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3046 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3053 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3058 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3061 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3063 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3065 /* Output the opcode. */
3066 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3067 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3069 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3070 output_loc_operands (loc);
3074 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3075 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3078 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3080 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3083 /* Output the size of the block. */
3084 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3085 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3086 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3088 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3089 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3092 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3093 a dw_cfa_location. */
3095 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3096 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3098 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3100 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
3103 if (cfa->base_offset)
3106 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3108 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3110 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3111 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3113 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3115 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3116 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3117 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3118 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3120 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3121 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3127 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3128 descriptor sequence. */
3131 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3133 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3135 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3139 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3141 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3177 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3180 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3214 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3215 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3218 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3219 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3224 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3225 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3228 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3229 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3233 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3235 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3236 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3238 /* .debug_str support. */
3239 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3241 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3242 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3243 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3244 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3245 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3246 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3247 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3248 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3249 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3250 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3251 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3253 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3255 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3261 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3262 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3263 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3264 dwarf2out_end_block,
3265 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3266 dwarf2out_source_line,
3267 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3268 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3269 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3270 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3271 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3272 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3273 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3274 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3275 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3276 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3277 something tries to reference them. */
3278 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3279 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3280 debug_nothing_int /* handle_pch */
3284 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3285 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3286 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3288 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3289 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3290 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3291 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3293 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3294 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3296 typedef long int dw_offset;
3298 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3300 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3301 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3302 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3303 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3304 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3306 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3307 line number associated with the label generated for that
3308 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3309 the line number entry. */
3311 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3313 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3314 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3318 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3320 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3322 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3323 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3324 unsigned long function;
3326 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3328 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3329 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3330 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3332 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3334 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3335 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3336 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3340 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3342 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3344 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3346 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3347 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3348 dw_die_ref die_child;
3350 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3351 dw_offset die_offset;
3352 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3357 /* The pubname structure */
3359 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3366 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3371 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3372 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3376 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3380 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3381 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3382 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3385 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3386 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3388 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3389 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3390 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3391 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3392 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3393 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3395 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3396 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3397 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3398 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3399 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3400 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3401 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3402 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3403 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3404 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3406 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3407 language, and compiler version. */
3409 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3410 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3411 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3413 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3414 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3416 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3417 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3418 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3419 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3420 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3422 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3423 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3424 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3425 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3426 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3427 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3429 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3430 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3431 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3432 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3434 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3438 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3439 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3440 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3442 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3443 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3445 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3446 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3448 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3449 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3450 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3451 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3452 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3454 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3455 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3456 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3457 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3460 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3461 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3463 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3464 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3466 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3467 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3468 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3469 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3471 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3472 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3473 number identifying each decl. */
3474 static GTY((length ("decl_die_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3476 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3477 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3479 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3480 static GTY(()) unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3482 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3484 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3486 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3487 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3488 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3489 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3490 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3492 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3493 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3495 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3496 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3498 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3499 abbrev_die_table. */
3500 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3502 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3503 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3504 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3505 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3507 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3508 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3510 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3511 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3513 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3514 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3515 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3516 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3518 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3519 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3521 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3522 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3524 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3526 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3528 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3529 accessible names. */
3530 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3532 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3533 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3535 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3536 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3538 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3540 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3542 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3543 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3545 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3546 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3548 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3549 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3551 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3553 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3555 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3556 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3558 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3559 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3561 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3562 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3564 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3566 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3568 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3569 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3571 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3572 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3573 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3575 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3576 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3579 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3580 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3582 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3583 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3585 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3587 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3589 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3590 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3591 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3592 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3593 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3594 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3596 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3598 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3599 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3600 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3601 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3602 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3603 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3604 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3605 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3606 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3607 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3608 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3609 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3611 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned, long *);
3612 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3613 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3614 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3615 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3616 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3617 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3618 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3619 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3620 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3621 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3622 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3623 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3624 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3625 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3627 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3628 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3629 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3630 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3631 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3632 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3633 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3634 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3636 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3637 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3638 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3639 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3640 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3641 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3642 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3643 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3644 static bool is_c_family (void);
3645 static bool is_cxx (void);
3646 static bool is_java (void);
3647 static bool is_fortran (void);
3648 static bool is_ada (void);
3649 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3650 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3651 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3652 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3653 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3654 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3655 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3656 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3657 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3658 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3659 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3660 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3661 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3662 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3663 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3664 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3665 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3666 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3667 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3668 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3669 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3670 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3671 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3672 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3673 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3674 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3675 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3676 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3677 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3678 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3679 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3680 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3681 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3682 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3683 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3684 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3685 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3686 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3687 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3688 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3689 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3690 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3691 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3692 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3693 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3694 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3695 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3696 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3697 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3698 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3699 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3700 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3701 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3702 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3703 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3704 static void output_pubnames (void);
3705 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
3706 static void output_aranges (void);
3707 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
3708 static void output_ranges (void);
3709 static void output_line_info (void);
3710 static void output_file_names (void);
3711 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3712 static tree root_type (tree);
3713 static int is_base_type (tree);
3714 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
3715 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3716 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3717 static int type_is_enum (tree);
3718 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx);
3719 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
3720 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3721 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3722 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3723 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3724 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
3725 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
3726 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3727 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
3728 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int);
3729 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3730 static tree field_type (tree);
3731 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
3732 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
3733 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
3734 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
3735 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3737 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3738 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3739 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3740 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3741 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3742 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3743 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3744 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
3745 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
3746 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3747 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3748 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3749 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3750 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3751 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3752 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3753 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3754 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3755 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3756 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3757 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3758 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3759 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3760 static const char *type_tag (tree);
3761 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
3763 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3765 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3766 static void gen_set_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3768 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3770 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3771 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3772 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3773 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3774 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3775 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3776 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3777 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3778 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3779 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3780 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3781 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3782 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3783 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3784 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3785 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3786 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3787 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3788 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3789 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3790 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3791 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3792 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3793 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3794 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3795 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
3796 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
3797 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3798 static dw_die_ref force_namespace_die (tree);
3799 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
3800 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
3801 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3802 static void init_file_table (void);
3803 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3804 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3805 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3806 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3807 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
3808 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3809 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
3810 const char *, const char *,
3812 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
3813 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3815 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3816 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
3817 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
3818 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
3819 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
3820 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3821 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3823 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3824 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3825 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3827 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3828 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3830 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3831 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3833 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3834 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3836 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3837 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3839 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3840 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3842 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3843 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3845 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3846 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3848 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3849 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3852 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3853 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3854 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3857 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3858 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3859 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3860 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3863 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3864 the section names themselves. */
3866 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3867 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3869 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3870 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3872 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3873 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3875 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3876 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3878 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3879 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3881 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3882 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3884 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3885 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3888 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3889 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3890 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3891 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3892 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3894 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3895 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3896 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3897 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3898 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3899 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3900 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3901 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3903 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3904 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3906 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3907 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3909 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3910 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3912 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3913 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3915 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3916 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3919 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3920 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3922 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
3925 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
3927 demangle_name_func = func;
3930 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3933 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
3935 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3936 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3937 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3940 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3944 type_main_variant (tree type)
3946 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3948 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3949 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3950 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3951 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3953 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3954 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3955 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3960 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3963 is_tagged_type (tree type)
3965 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3967 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3968 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3971 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3974 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
3978 case DW_TAG_padding:
3979 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3980 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3981 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3982 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3983 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3984 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3985 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3986 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3987 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3988 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3989 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3990 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3991 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3993 return "DW_TAG_label";
3994 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
3995 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3997 return "DW_TAG_member";
3998 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
3999 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4000 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4001 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4002 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4003 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4004 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4005 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4006 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4007 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4008 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4009 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4010 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4011 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4012 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4013 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4014 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4015 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4016 case DW_TAG_variant:
4017 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4018 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4019 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4020 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4021 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4022 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4023 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4024 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4025 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4027 return "DW_TAG_module";
4028 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4029 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4030 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4031 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4032 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4033 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4034 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4035 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4036 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4037 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4038 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4039 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4040 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4041 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4042 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4043 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4044 case DW_TAG_constant:
4045 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4046 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4047 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4048 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4049 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4051 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4052 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4053 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4054 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4055 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4056 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4057 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4058 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4059 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4060 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4061 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4062 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4063 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4064 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4065 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4066 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4067 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4068 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4069 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4070 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4071 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4072 case DW_TAG_variable:
4073 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4074 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4075 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4076 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4077 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4078 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4079 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4080 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4081 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4082 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4083 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4084 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4085 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4086 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4087 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4089 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4093 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4096 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4101 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4102 case DW_AT_location:
4103 return "DW_AT_location";
4105 return "DW_AT_name";
4106 case DW_AT_ordering:
4107 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4108 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4109 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4110 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4111 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4112 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4113 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4114 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4115 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4116 case DW_AT_element_list:
4117 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4118 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4119 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4121 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4123 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4124 case DW_AT_language:
4125 return "DW_AT_language";
4127 return "DW_AT_member";
4129 return "DW_AT_discr";
4130 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4131 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4132 case DW_AT_visibility:
4133 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4135 return "DW_AT_import";
4136 case DW_AT_string_length:
4137 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4138 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4139 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4140 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4141 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4142 case DW_AT_const_value:
4143 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4144 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4145 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4146 case DW_AT_default_value:
4147 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4149 return "DW_AT_inline";
4150 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4151 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4152 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4153 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4154 case DW_AT_producer:
4155 return "DW_AT_producer";
4156 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4157 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4158 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4159 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4160 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4161 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4162 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4163 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4164 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4165 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4166 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4167 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4168 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4169 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4170 case DW_AT_address_class:
4171 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4172 case DW_AT_artificial:
4173 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4174 case DW_AT_base_types:
4175 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4176 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4177 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4179 return "DW_AT_count";
4180 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4181 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4182 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4183 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4184 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4185 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4186 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4187 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4188 case DW_AT_declaration:
4189 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4190 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4191 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4192 case DW_AT_encoding:
4193 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4194 case DW_AT_external:
4195 return "DW_AT_external";
4196 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4197 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4199 return "DW_AT_friend";
4200 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4201 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4202 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4203 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4204 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4205 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4206 case DW_AT_priority:
4207 return "DW_AT_priority";
4209 return "DW_AT_segment";
4210 case DW_AT_specification:
4211 return "DW_AT_specification";
4212 case DW_AT_static_link:
4213 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4215 return "DW_AT_type";
4216 case DW_AT_use_location:
4217 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4218 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4219 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4220 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4221 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4222 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4223 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4225 case DW_AT_allocated:
4226 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4227 case DW_AT_associated:
4228 return "DW_AT_associated";
4229 case DW_AT_data_location:
4230 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4232 return "DW_AT_stride";
4233 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4234 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4235 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4236 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4237 case DW_AT_extension:
4238 return "DW_AT_extension";
4240 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4241 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4242 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4243 case DW_AT_call_column:
4244 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4245 case DW_AT_call_file:
4246 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4247 case DW_AT_call_line:
4248 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4250 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4251 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4252 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4253 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4254 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4255 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4256 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4257 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4258 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4259 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4260 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4261 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4262 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4263 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4264 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4265 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4266 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4267 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4268 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4269 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4270 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4271 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4273 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4274 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4275 case DW_AT_src_info:
4276 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4277 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4278 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4279 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4280 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4281 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4282 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4283 case DW_AT_body_end:
4284 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4285 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4286 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4288 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4289 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4292 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4296 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4299 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4304 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4305 case DW_FORM_block2:
4306 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4307 case DW_FORM_block4:
4308 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4310 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4312 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4314 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4315 case DW_FORM_string:
4316 return "DW_FORM_string";
4318 return "DW_FORM_block";
4319 case DW_FORM_block1:
4320 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4322 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4324 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4326 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4328 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4330 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4331 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4332 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4334 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4336 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4338 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4340 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4341 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4342 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4343 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4344 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4346 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4350 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4354 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc)
4358 case DW_ATE_address:
4359 return "DW_ATE_address";
4360 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4361 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4362 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4363 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4365 return "DW_ATE_float";
4367 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4368 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4369 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4370 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4371 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4372 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4373 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4375 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4380 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4381 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4382 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4383 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4387 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4389 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4390 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4391 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4392 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4395 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4396 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4397 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4398 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4402 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4405 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4406 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4407 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4408 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4412 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4414 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4416 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4417 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4418 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4419 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4422 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4427 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4431 ret_val = lookahead;
4432 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4433 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4435 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4441 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4442 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4446 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4448 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4450 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4451 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4453 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4454 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4456 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4457 context = NULL_TREE;
4462 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4463 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4466 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4468 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4470 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4471 die->die_attr = attr;
4475 static inline enum dw_val_class
4476 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4478 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4481 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4484 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4486 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4488 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4489 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4490 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4491 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4492 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4495 static inline unsigned
4496 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4498 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4499 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4504 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4507 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4509 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4511 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4512 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4513 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4514 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4515 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4518 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4519 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4521 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4522 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4527 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4530 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4531 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4533 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4535 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4536 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4537 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4538 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4539 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4542 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4543 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4545 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4546 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4551 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4554 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4555 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4557 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4559 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4560 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4561 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4562 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4563 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4564 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4567 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4570 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4571 unsigned int length, long int *array)
4573 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4575 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4576 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4577 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4578 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4579 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4580 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4583 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4586 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4588 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4592 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4594 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4595 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4598 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4601 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4603 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4604 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4607 if (! debug_str_hash)
4608 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4609 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4611 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4612 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4614 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4615 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4616 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4619 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4620 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4621 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4622 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4623 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4626 static inline const char *
4627 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4629 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4630 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4635 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4636 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4639 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4641 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4643 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4647 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4651 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4653 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4654 always better to put it inline. */
4655 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4656 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4658 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4659 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4661 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4662 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4663 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4665 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4666 ++dw2_string_counter;
4667 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4669 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4675 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4678 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4680 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4682 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4683 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4684 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4685 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4686 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4687 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4690 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4691 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4694 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4696 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4697 if (targ_die->die_definition)
4699 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4702 static inline dw_die_ref
4703 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4705 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4706 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4712 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4714 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4715 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4721 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4723 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4724 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4729 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4732 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4734 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4736 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4737 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4738 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4739 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4740 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4743 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4746 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4748 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4750 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4751 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4752 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4753 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4754 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4757 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4758 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4760 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4761 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4767 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4769 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4771 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4772 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4773 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4774 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4775 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4776 have_location_lists = 1;
4779 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4780 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4782 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4783 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4788 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4791 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
4793 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4795 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4796 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4797 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4798 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4799 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4803 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
4805 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4806 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4811 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4814 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
4816 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4818 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4819 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4820 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4821 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4822 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4825 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4828 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
4830 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4832 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4833 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4834 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4835 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4836 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4839 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4842 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4843 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
4845 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4847 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4848 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4849 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
4850 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4851 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4854 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4857 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4858 long unsigned int offset)
4860 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4862 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4863 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4864 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
4865 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
4866 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4869 static inline const char *
4870 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
4872 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4873 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4874 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4879 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4882 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4885 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4889 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4890 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4892 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4893 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4897 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4903 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4904 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4905 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4907 static inline const char *
4908 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4910 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4912 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4915 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4916 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4917 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4919 static inline const char *
4920 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
4922 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4924 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4927 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4928 NULL if it is not present. */
4930 static inline const char *
4931 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4933 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4935 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4938 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4939 if it is not present. */
4942 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4944 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4946 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4949 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4950 if it is not present. */
4952 static inline unsigned
4953 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4955 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4957 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4960 static inline dw_die_ref
4961 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
4963 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4965 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4968 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4973 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4975 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4976 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4979 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4984 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
4985 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4988 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4993 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4995 return lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90;
4998 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5003 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5005 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5008 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5013 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5015 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5018 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5020 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5022 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5024 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5025 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5026 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5029 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5032 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5035 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5039 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5040 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5043 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5052 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5055 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5057 remove_children (die);
5060 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5063 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5065 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5067 die->die_child = NULL;
5069 while (child_die != NULL)
5071 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5074 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5076 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5078 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5080 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5088 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5089 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5092 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5094 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5096 if (die == child_die)
5099 child_die->die_parent = die;
5100 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5101 die->die_child = child_die;
5105 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5106 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5109 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5113 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5114 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5115 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5117 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5123 if (child->die_parent != parent
5124 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
5127 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5130 *p = child->die_sib;
5134 child->die_parent = parent;
5135 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5136 parent->die_child = child;
5139 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5141 static inline dw_die_ref
5142 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5144 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5146 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5148 if (parent_die != NULL)
5149 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5152 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5154 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5155 limbo_node->die = die;
5156 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5157 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5158 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5164 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5166 static inline dw_die_ref
5167 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5169 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5172 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5175 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5177 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5180 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5182 static inline dw_die_ref
5183 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5185 unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5187 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
5190 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5193 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5195 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5196 unsigned int num_allocated;
5198 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
5201 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
5202 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
5203 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5205 decl_die_table = ggc_realloc (decl_die_table,
5206 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
5208 memset (&decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
5209 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5210 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
5213 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
5214 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
5216 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
5219 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5220 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5221 the DIE internal representation. */
5222 static int print_indent;
5224 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5227 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5229 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5232 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5233 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5236 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5241 print_spaces (outfile);
5242 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5243 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5244 print_spaces (outfile);
5245 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5246 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5248 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5250 print_spaces (outfile);
5251 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5253 switch (AT_class (a))
5255 case dw_val_class_addr:
5256 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5258 case dw_val_class_offset:
5259 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5261 case dw_val_class_loc:
5262 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5264 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5265 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5266 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5268 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5269 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5271 case dw_val_class_const:
5272 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5274 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5275 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5277 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5278 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5279 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5280 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5282 case dw_val_class_float:
5283 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
5285 case dw_val_class_flag:
5286 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5288 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5289 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5291 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5292 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5294 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5297 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5299 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5300 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5301 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5303 case dw_val_class_str:
5304 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5305 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5307 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5313 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5316 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5319 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5320 print_die (c, outfile);
5324 if (print_indent == 0)
5325 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5328 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5329 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5332 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5335 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5337 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5338 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5340 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5341 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5342 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5343 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5344 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5345 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5348 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5351 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5354 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5356 print_die (die, stderr);
5359 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5360 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5366 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5367 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5368 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5371 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5372 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5373 they are in order of addition. */
5376 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5378 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5379 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5381 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5383 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5384 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5390 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5397 die->die_child = cp;
5400 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5401 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5402 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5403 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5404 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5407 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5411 reverse_die_lists (die);
5413 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5414 reverse_all_dies (c);
5417 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5418 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5419 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5422 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5424 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5425 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5427 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5431 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5434 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5436 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5438 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5442 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5443 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5445 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5448 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5450 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5451 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5452 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5455 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5458 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5460 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5463 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5465 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5466 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5467 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5468 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5469 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5472 switch (AT_class (at))
5474 case dw_val_class_const:
5475 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5477 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5478 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5480 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5481 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5483 case dw_val_class_float:
5484 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5486 case dw_val_class_flag:
5487 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5489 case dw_val_class_str:
5490 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5493 case dw_val_class_addr:
5495 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5498 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5506 case dw_val_class_offset:
5507 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5510 case dw_val_class_loc:
5511 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5512 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5515 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5516 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5519 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5520 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5521 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5529 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5532 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5537 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5540 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5543 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5545 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5547 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5548 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5550 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5551 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5555 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5557 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5559 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5561 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5562 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5563 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5566 /* Do the values look the same? */
5568 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5570 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5574 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5577 switch (v1->val_class)
5579 case dw_val_class_const:
5580 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5581 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5582 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5583 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5584 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5585 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5586 case dw_val_class_float:
5587 if (v1->v.val_float.length != v2->v.val_float.length)
5589 for (i = 0; i < v1->v.val_float.length; i++)
5590 if (v1->v.val_float.array[i] != v2->v.val_float.array[i])
5593 case dw_val_class_flag:
5594 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5595 case dw_val_class_str:
5596 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5598 case dw_val_class_addr:
5599 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5600 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5601 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5603 switch (GET_CODE (r1))
5606 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5612 case dw_val_class_offset:
5613 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5615 case dw_val_class_loc:
5616 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5618 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5619 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5621 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5623 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5624 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5626 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5627 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5628 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5636 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5639 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5641 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5644 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5645 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5646 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5647 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5648 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5651 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5654 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5657 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
5662 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5664 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5665 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5667 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5670 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5672 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5673 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5678 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5680 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5681 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5689 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5692 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
5695 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5697 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5698 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5703 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5705 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5707 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5708 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5710 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5711 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5714 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
5716 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5717 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5718 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5721 unsigned char checksum[16];
5724 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5725 the name filename of the unit. */
5727 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5729 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
5730 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
5731 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5733 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
5734 clean_symbol_name (name);
5736 p = name + strlen (name);
5737 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
5739 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5743 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5744 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5747 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5750 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
5752 switch (die->die_tag)
5754 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5755 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5756 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5757 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5758 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5759 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5760 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5761 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5762 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5763 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5764 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5765 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5766 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5767 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5768 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5769 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5770 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5771 case DW_TAG_typedef:
5778 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5779 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5780 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5781 compilations (functions). */
5784 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
5786 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5787 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5788 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5789 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5791 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5794 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5795 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5796 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5797 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5799 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5801 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5804 return is_type_die (c);
5807 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5808 compilation unit. */
5811 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
5813 return (is_type_die (c)
5814 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5815 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
5819 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
5823 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5824 return xstrdup (buf);
5827 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5830 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
5834 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5836 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5838 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5840 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5841 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5842 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5845 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5848 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5849 assign_symbol_names (c);
5852 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5855 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
5856 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
5859 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5861 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
5863 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
5865 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
5869 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
5871 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
5872 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
5874 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
5878 htab_cu_del (void *what)
5880 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
5890 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5893 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
5895 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
5896 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
5898 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
5900 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
5901 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
5905 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
5907 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
5913 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
5917 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
5919 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
5920 entry->next = *slot;
5926 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5928 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
5930 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
5932 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
5933 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
5937 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
5940 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5941 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5942 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5945 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
5948 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
5949 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
5950 htab_t cu_hash_table;
5952 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
5954 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
5956 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5957 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
5959 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5962 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
5964 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
5967 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
5969 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
5973 add_child_die (unit, c);
5977 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5978 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
5984 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5985 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5990 assign_symbol_names (die);
5991 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
5992 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
5998 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
5999 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6000 &comdat_symbol_number);
6001 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6003 *pnode = node->next;
6006 pnode = &node->next;
6007 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6008 comdat_symbol_number);
6011 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6014 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6015 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6016 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6019 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6023 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6024 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6025 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6026 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6028 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6029 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6032 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6035 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6040 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6041 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6042 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6044 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6045 output_location_lists (c);
6049 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6050 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6051 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6052 die are visited recursively. */
6055 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6057 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6058 unsigned int n_alloc;
6060 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6062 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6063 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6064 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6065 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6066 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6068 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
6071 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6074 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6076 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6078 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6080 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6082 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6083 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6085 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6087 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6088 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6091 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6092 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6095 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6101 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6103 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6105 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6106 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6107 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6109 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6110 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6111 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6114 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6115 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6118 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6119 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6120 build_abbrev_table (c);
6123 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6126 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6133 log = floor_log2 (value);
6136 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6141 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6142 .debug_info section. */
6144 static unsigned long
6145 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6147 unsigned long size = 0;
6150 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6151 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6153 switch (AT_class (a))
6155 case dw_val_class_addr:
6156 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6158 case dw_val_class_offset:
6159 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6161 case dw_val_class_loc:
6163 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6166 size += constant_size (lsize);
6170 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6171 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6173 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6174 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6176 case dw_val_class_const:
6177 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6179 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6180 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6182 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6183 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6185 case dw_val_class_float:
6186 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
6188 case dw_val_class_flag:
6191 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6192 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6193 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6195 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6197 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6198 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6200 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6201 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6203 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6204 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6206 case dw_val_class_str:
6207 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6208 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6210 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6220 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6221 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6222 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6223 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6226 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6230 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6231 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6233 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6236 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6237 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6238 next_die_offset += 1;
6241 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6242 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6243 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6244 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6247 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6255 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6259 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6262 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6270 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6274 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6277 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6286 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6287 unmark_all_dies (c);
6289 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6290 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6291 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6294 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6295 compilation unit. */
6297 static unsigned long
6298 size_of_pubnames (void)
6303 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6304 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6306 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6307 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6310 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6314 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6316 static unsigned long
6317 size_of_aranges (void)
6321 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6323 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6324 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6325 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6327 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6328 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6332 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6334 static enum dwarf_form
6335 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6337 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6339 case dw_val_class_addr:
6340 return DW_FORM_addr;
6341 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6342 case dw_val_class_offset:
6343 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6344 return DW_FORM_data4;
6345 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8)
6346 return DW_FORM_data8;
6348 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6349 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6350 .debug_loc section */
6351 return DW_FORM_data4;
6352 case dw_val_class_loc:
6353 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6356 return DW_FORM_block1;
6358 return DW_FORM_block2;
6362 case dw_val_class_const:
6363 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6364 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6365 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6368 return DW_FORM_data1;
6370 return DW_FORM_data2;
6372 return DW_FORM_data4;
6374 return DW_FORM_data8;
6378 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6379 return DW_FORM_block1;
6380 case dw_val_class_float:
6381 return DW_FORM_block1;
6382 case dw_val_class_flag:
6383 return DW_FORM_flag;
6384 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6385 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6386 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6389 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6390 return DW_FORM_data;
6391 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6392 return DW_FORM_addr;
6393 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6394 return DW_FORM_data;
6395 case dw_val_class_str:
6396 return AT_string_form (a);
6403 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6406 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6408 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6410 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6413 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6417 output_abbrev_section (void)
6419 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6423 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6425 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6427 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6428 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6429 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6431 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6432 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6434 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6436 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6437 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6439 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6440 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6441 output_value_format (a_attr);
6444 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6445 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6448 /* Terminate the table. */
6449 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6452 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6455 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6457 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6462 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6463 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6464 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6466 (*targetm.asm_out.globalize_label) (asm_out_file, sym);
6468 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6471 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6472 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6473 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6475 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6476 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6477 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6479 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6481 retlist->begin = begin;
6483 retlist->expr = expr;
6484 retlist->section = section;
6486 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6491 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6494 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6495 const char *begin, const char *end,
6496 const char *section)
6500 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6501 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6504 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6505 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6508 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6511 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6513 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6515 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6517 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6518 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6519 in more than one section. */
6520 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
6522 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6523 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 0,
6524 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6525 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6526 "Location list base address specifier base");
6529 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6533 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6534 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6535 list_head->ll_symbol);
6536 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6537 "Location list end address (%s)",
6538 list_head->ll_symbol);
6539 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6541 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6544 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6546 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6549 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6550 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6551 list_head->ll_symbol);
6552 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6553 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6554 list_head->ll_symbol);
6557 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6558 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6561 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6567 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6568 them to point to. */
6569 if (die->die_symbol)
6570 output_die_symbol (die);
6572 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6573 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6575 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6577 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6579 switch (AT_class (a))
6581 case dw_val_class_addr:
6582 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6585 case dw_val_class_offset:
6586 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6590 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6592 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6594 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6595 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6596 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6602 case dw_val_class_loc:
6603 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6605 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6606 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6608 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6611 case dw_val_class_const:
6612 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6613 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6614 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6615 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6618 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6619 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6620 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6623 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6625 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6627 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6628 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6631 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6633 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6634 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6638 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6639 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6642 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6643 first, "long long constant");
6644 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6649 case dw_val_class_float:
6653 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6656 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; i++)
6657 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6658 "fp constant word %u", i);
6662 case dw_val_class_flag:
6663 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6666 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6668 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6672 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym,
6673 loc_section_label, "%s", name);
6677 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6678 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6680 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6684 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6686 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6689 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6693 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6697 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6698 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6699 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6703 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6704 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6707 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6708 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6711 case dw_val_class_str:
6712 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6713 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6714 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6715 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6717 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6725 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6728 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6729 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6730 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6734 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6735 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6738 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6740 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6741 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6742 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6743 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6744 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
6745 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6746 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6747 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6748 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6749 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6752 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6755 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
6757 const char *secname;
6760 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6761 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
6764 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6765 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6766 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6767 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6768 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6771 build_abbrev_table (die);
6773 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6774 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6775 calc_die_sizes (die);
6777 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
6780 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
6782 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
6784 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6787 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6789 /* Output debugging information. */
6790 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
6791 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6794 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6799 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
6803 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6804 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6805 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6808 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
6810 return (*lang_hooks.decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6813 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6816 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
6820 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6823 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6825 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6827 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
6828 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
6829 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
6830 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6833 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6835 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6838 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6839 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6840 visible procedures. */
6843 output_pubnames (void)
6846 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6848 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6849 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6850 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6851 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
6852 "Length of Public Names Info");
6853 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6854 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6855 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6856 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
6857 "Compilation Unit Length");
6859 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6861 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6863 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6864 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6867 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
6870 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
6873 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6876 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6879 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
6881 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
6884 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
6886 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6887 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
6888 (arange_table_allocated
6889 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
6890 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
6891 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6894 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
6897 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6898 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6899 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6902 output_aranges (void)
6905 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
6907 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6908 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6909 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6910 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
6911 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6912 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6913 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6914 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6915 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
6916 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6918 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6919 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
6921 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6923 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6924 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6925 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
6926 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
6929 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
6930 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
6931 text_section_label, "Length");
6933 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
6935 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
6937 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6938 if (die->die_mark == 0)
6941 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6943 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
6945 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
6946 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
6950 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6951 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6952 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6953 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
6954 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6956 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
6960 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
6963 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6964 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
6965 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6966 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
6971 /* Output the terminator words. */
6972 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6973 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6976 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
6980 add_ranges (tree block)
6982 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
6984 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
6986 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6988 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
6989 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
6990 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
6991 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
6994 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
6995 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
6997 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7001 output_ranges (void)
7004 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7005 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7007 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7009 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7013 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7014 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7016 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7017 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7019 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7020 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7021 base of the text section. */
7022 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7024 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7026 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7027 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7028 text_section_label, NULL);
7031 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7032 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7033 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7034 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7037 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7038 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7039 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7046 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7047 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7053 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7056 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7057 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7058 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7059 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7060 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7063 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7067 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7068 int length; /* Path length. */
7069 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7070 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7071 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7072 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7075 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7076 the directories in the path. */
7079 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7081 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7082 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7086 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7087 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7088 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7089 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7090 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7091 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7092 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7094 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7095 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7101 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7102 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7103 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7104 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7105 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7107 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7108 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7113 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7114 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7115 slowdowns with many input files. */
7118 output_file_names (void)
7120 struct file_info *files;
7121 struct dir_info *dirs;
7130 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7131 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7133 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7134 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7138 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7139 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7140 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7142 /* Sort the file names. */
7143 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7147 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7148 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7149 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7152 /* Create a new array entry. */
7154 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7155 files[i].file_idx = i;
7157 /* Search for the file name part. */
7158 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7159 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7162 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7163 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7165 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7166 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7167 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7168 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7170 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7172 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7175 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7176 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7177 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7178 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7180 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7181 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7182 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7188 /* This is a new directory. */
7189 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7190 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7191 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7192 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7193 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7194 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7196 /* Search for a prefix. */
7197 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7198 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7199 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7200 && dirs[j].length > 1
7201 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7202 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7203 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7204 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7209 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7210 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7211 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7212 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7213 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7214 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7215 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7216 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7218 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7219 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7224 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7225 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7226 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7227 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7229 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7232 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7234 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7239 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7244 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7245 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7247 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7248 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7253 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7255 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7257 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7258 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7259 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7261 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7262 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7264 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7265 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7270 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7271 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7272 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7273 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7274 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7276 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7278 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7279 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7282 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7283 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7284 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7285 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7286 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7288 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7289 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7290 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7292 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7293 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7294 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7297 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7299 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7301 if (idx_offset == 0)
7304 /* Now write all the file names. */
7305 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7307 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7308 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7310 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7311 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7313 /* Include directory index. */
7314 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7316 /* Modification time. */
7317 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7319 /* File length in bytes. */
7320 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7323 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7327 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7328 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7331 output_line_info (void)
7333 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7334 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7335 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7338 unsigned long lt_index;
7339 unsigned long current_line;
7342 unsigned long current_file;
7343 unsigned long function;
7345 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7346 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7347 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7348 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7350 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7351 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7352 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7353 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7354 "Length of Source Line Info");
7355 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7357 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7358 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7359 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7361 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7362 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7363 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7364 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7365 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7366 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7367 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7368 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7369 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7370 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7372 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7373 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7374 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7375 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7376 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7377 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7378 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7379 "Special Opcode Base");
7381 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7385 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7386 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7387 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7388 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7389 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7397 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7401 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7402 output_file_names ();
7403 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7405 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7406 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7407 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7409 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7410 a series of state machine operations. */
7413 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7414 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7416 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7419 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7420 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7423 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7424 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7425 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7426 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7427 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7431 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7433 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7434 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7435 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7436 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7437 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7438 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7440 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7443 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7444 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7445 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7446 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7450 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7451 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7452 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7453 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7454 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7455 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7458 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7460 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7461 different from the previous line. */
7462 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7464 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7465 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7466 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7467 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7471 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7472 that uses the least amount of space. */
7473 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7475 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7476 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7477 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7478 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7479 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7480 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7482 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7483 "line %lu", current_line);
7486 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7487 depending on the value being encoded. */
7488 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7489 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7490 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7491 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7495 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7496 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7499 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7502 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7503 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7504 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7508 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7509 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7510 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7511 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7514 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7515 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7516 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7521 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7523 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7524 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7527 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7528 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7529 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7530 && line_info->function == function)
7534 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7535 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7536 to handle it differently. */
7537 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7539 if (function != line_info->function)
7541 function = line_info->function;
7543 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7544 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7545 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7546 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7547 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7551 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7554 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7555 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7556 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7560 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7561 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7562 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7563 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7567 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7569 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7570 different from the previous line. */
7571 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7573 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7574 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7575 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7576 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7580 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7581 that uses the least amount of space. */
7582 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7584 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7585 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7586 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7587 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7588 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7589 "line %lu", current_line);
7592 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7593 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7594 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7595 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7599 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7607 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7608 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7609 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7614 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7615 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7618 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7619 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7620 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7624 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7625 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7626 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7627 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7630 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7631 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7632 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7633 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7637 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7638 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7641 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7642 a DIE that describes the given type.
7644 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7645 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7648 base_type_die (tree type)
7650 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7651 const char *type_name;
7652 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7653 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7655 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7660 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7661 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7663 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7666 type_name = "__unknown__";
7668 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7671 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7672 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7673 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7675 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7676 && (type == char_type_node
7677 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7678 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7680 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7681 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7683 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7686 /* else fall through. */
7689 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7690 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7691 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7693 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7697 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7700 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7701 a user defined type for it. */
7703 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7704 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7706 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7710 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7711 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7715 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7719 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7720 if (demangle_name_func)
7721 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7723 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7724 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7725 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7726 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7728 return base_type_result;
7731 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7732 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7733 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7734 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7735 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7736 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7737 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7738 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7741 root_type (tree type)
7743 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7744 return error_mark_node;
7746 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7749 return error_mark_node;
7752 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7753 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7756 return type_main_variant (type);
7760 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7761 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7764 is_base_type (tree type)
7766 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7781 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7786 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7800 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7801 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7802 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7803 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7806 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7807 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
7809 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7810 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7811 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
7813 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
7814 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
7816 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7819 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7820 emitted as a subrange type. */
7823 is_subrange_type (tree type)
7825 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
7827 if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE
7828 && subtype != NULL_TREE)
7830 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == INTEGER_TYPE)
7832 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
7838 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7839 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7842 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
7844 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
7845 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
7846 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7847 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
7849 if (context_die == NULL)
7850 context_die = comp_unit_die;
7852 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
7853 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
7855 subtype_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type));
7857 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
7861 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7862 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7863 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
7866 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
7868 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
7869 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
7870 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
7873 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
7874 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
7875 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
7876 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
7877 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
7878 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
7879 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
7881 return subrange_die;
7884 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7885 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7888 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
7889 dw_die_ref context_die)
7891 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7892 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7893 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7894 tree item_type = NULL;
7896 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7898 tree qualified_type;
7900 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7903 = get_qualified_type (type,
7904 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
7906 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
7908 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7911 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7913 return mod_type_die;
7916 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7917 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
7918 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
7919 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
7921 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
7922 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
7924 if (qualified_type == dtype)
7926 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7927 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
7928 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7930 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
7931 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
7932 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7933 type to which it refers. */
7935 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
7936 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
7939 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7945 else if (is_const_type)
7947 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7948 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
7950 else if (is_volatile_type)
7952 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7953 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
7955 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
7957 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7958 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
7959 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
7961 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7963 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7965 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
7967 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7968 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
7969 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
7971 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7973 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7975 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
7976 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
7977 else if (is_base_type (type))
7978 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
7981 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
7983 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7984 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7985 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7986 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7987 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7989 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
7990 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
7992 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
7993 not the main variant. */
7994 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
7995 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
7999 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8000 type = qualified_type;
8004 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8006 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8007 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8008 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8009 types are possible in Ada. */
8010 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8011 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8012 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8015 if (sub_die != NULL)
8016 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8018 return mod_type_die;
8021 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8022 an enumerated type. */
8025 type_is_enum (tree type)
8027 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8030 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8033 reg_number (rtx rtl)
8035 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8037 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8040 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8043 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8044 zero if there is none. */
8046 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8047 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8052 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8055 reg = reg_number (rtl);
8056 regs = (*targetm.dwarf_register_span) (rtl);
8058 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg, GET_MODE (rtl)) > 1
8060 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8062 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8065 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8066 a given hard register number. */
8068 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8069 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8072 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8074 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8077 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8078 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8080 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8081 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8085 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8087 reg = reg_number (rtl);
8088 nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg, GET_MODE (rtl));
8090 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8091 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8093 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8100 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8101 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8102 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8108 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8110 if (GET_CODE (regs) != PARALLEL)
8113 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8116 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8120 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8121 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8122 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8123 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8128 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8130 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8131 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8133 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8135 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8136 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8140 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8143 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8145 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8155 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8157 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8158 || i >= -0x80000000)
8164 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8167 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8169 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8170 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8172 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8173 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8174 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8176 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8177 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8178 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8181 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8183 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8185 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8190 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8193 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8195 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8196 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
8197 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8198 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8201 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8202 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8203 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8204 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8206 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8207 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8208 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8209 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8211 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8212 autoincrement addressing modes.
8214 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8216 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8217 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8219 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8221 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8222 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8223 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8224 zeroth element of the array. */
8226 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8228 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8233 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8234 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8236 /* ... fall through ... */
8239 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8240 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8241 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8242 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8243 contains the given subreg. */
8244 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8246 /* ... fall through ... */
8249 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8250 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8251 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8252 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8253 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8254 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8255 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8256 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8257 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8258 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8259 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8260 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8261 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8262 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8263 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
8267 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8268 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8269 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8273 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8275 /* ... fall through ... */
8278 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8279 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8283 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8284 by a different symbol. */
8285 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8288 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8290 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8293 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8294 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8299 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8300 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8301 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8302 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8307 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8308 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8309 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8310 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8314 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8316 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8321 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8323 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8324 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8325 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8326 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8328 /* ... fall through ... */
8332 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8333 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8334 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8337 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8338 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8341 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8342 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8343 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8344 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8345 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8348 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8349 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8350 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8351 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8358 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8359 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8360 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8361 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8363 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8366 mem_loc_result = op0;
8367 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8368 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
8373 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8377 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8379 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == MEM)
8380 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0), mode);
8388 return mem_loc_result;
8391 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8392 This is typically a complex variable. */
8394 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8395 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8397 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8398 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
8399 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
8401 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8404 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8405 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8406 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8407 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8409 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8410 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8411 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8412 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8414 return cc_loc_result;
8417 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8418 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8419 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8420 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8421 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8423 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8425 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8426 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8428 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8430 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8433 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8434 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8435 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8436 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8437 contains the given subreg. */
8438 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8440 /* ... fall through ... */
8443 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8447 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8451 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8461 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8462 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8463 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8464 descriptor, return 0. */
8466 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8467 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int addressp)
8469 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8471 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8472 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8474 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8475 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8478 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8483 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
8484 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8485 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8486 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8487 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8488 the names of types. */
8495 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8496 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8497 for (loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0);
8498 TREE_CODE (loc) == CONVERT_EXPR || TREE_CODE (loc) == NOP_EXPR
8499 || TREE_CODE (loc) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8500 || TREE_CODE (loc) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8501 || TREE_CODE (loc) == SAVE_EXPR;
8502 loc = TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))
8505 return (TREE_CODE (loc) == INDIRECT_REF
8506 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp)
8510 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8514 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8515 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8519 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8520 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8521 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8524 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8525 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8528 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8530 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8531 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8534 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8535 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8536 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8538 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8539 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8548 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8550 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8552 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8554 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8555 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8556 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8561 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8563 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
8566 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8569 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8575 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8580 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), addressp);
8584 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8585 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8588 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
8593 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8596 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8597 enum machine_mode mode;
8600 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8601 &unsignedp, &volatilep);
8606 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
8608 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8611 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8613 /* Variable offset. */
8614 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
8615 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8621 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8623 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
8624 else if (bytepos < 0)
8626 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
8627 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8633 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
8634 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
8641 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8642 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
8643 enum machine_mode mode;
8645 if (GET_CODE (rtl) != MEM)
8647 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8648 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8650 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
8653 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
8657 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
8658 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
8663 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
8669 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
8674 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
8676 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
8677 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
8685 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
8687 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
8688 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
8701 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
8705 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8706 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
8708 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8712 add_loc_descr (&ret,
8713 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8714 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
8724 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8731 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8738 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8745 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
8760 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8761 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8762 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
8765 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8766 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8769 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
8783 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8787 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8791 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
8792 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
8793 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
8794 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
8796 /* ... fall through ... */
8800 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8801 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
8802 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8803 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
8804 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
8806 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8807 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
8810 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
8811 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
8813 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
8814 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
8815 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
8817 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
8818 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8819 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
8821 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8822 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
8823 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
8824 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
8825 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
8830 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8831 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8832 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
8833 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
8836 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8837 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8841 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8842 if (addressp && indirect_p == 0)
8845 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8846 if (!addressp && indirect_p > 0)
8848 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8850 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
8852 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
8855 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
8857 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
8863 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8864 which is not less than the value itself. */
8866 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8867 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
8869 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
8872 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8873 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8874 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8878 field_type (tree decl)
8882 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8883 return integer_type_node;
8885 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8886 if (type == NULL_TREE)
8887 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8892 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8893 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8894 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8896 static inline unsigned
8897 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
8899 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8902 static inline unsigned
8903 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
8905 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
8908 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8909 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8910 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8911 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8912 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8915 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8916 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
8918 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
8919 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
8920 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
8921 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
8923 tree field_size_tree;
8924 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8925 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
8926 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
8928 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8930 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8933 type = field_type (decl);
8934 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
8936 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8937 a flexible array member. */
8938 if (! field_size_tree)
8939 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
8941 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8942 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8943 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8944 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
8947 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8949 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8950 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
8951 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
8953 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
8955 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8956 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
8957 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
8959 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8960 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8961 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8962 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8963 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8964 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8965 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8966 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8968 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8970 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8971 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8972 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8973 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8974 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
8975 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
8976 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
8977 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
8978 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
8979 bits of the bit-field itself.
8981 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
8982 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
8983 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
8984 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
8985 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
8986 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
8987 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
8988 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
8989 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
8991 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
8992 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
8993 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
8994 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
8995 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
8996 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
8998 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8999 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9000 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9002 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9003 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9004 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9006 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9007 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9008 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9009 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9011 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9013 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9014 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9016 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9017 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9018 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9019 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9022 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9025 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9026 associated with them. */
9028 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9030 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9031 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9032 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9035 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9036 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9039 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9042 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9043 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9044 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9045 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9046 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9047 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9050 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9051 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9052 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9053 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9054 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9055 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9056 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9057 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9058 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9062 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9064 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9065 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9067 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
9069 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9070 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl) && is_cxx ())
9072 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9073 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9074 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9075 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9077 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9079 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9081 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9083 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9084 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9085 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9087 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9088 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9089 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9091 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9092 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9096 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9097 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9098 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9099 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9101 /* Extract the offset. */
9102 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9103 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9105 /* Add it to the object address. */
9106 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9107 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9110 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9113 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9117 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9119 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9120 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9121 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9123 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9124 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9125 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9129 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9132 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9135 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9138 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9139 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9140 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9141 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9142 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9145 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9147 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9151 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9154 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9156 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9161 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9162 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9163 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9164 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9166 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9168 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9170 unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
9171 long *array = ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length);
9174 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9175 real_to_target (array, &rv, mode);
9177 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
9181 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9182 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
9185 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9186 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9192 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9198 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9199 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9203 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9204 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9205 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9206 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9207 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9208 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9209 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9210 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9211 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9212 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9213 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9217 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9224 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9228 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9229 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9230 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9232 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9233 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9234 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9235 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9236 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9237 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9238 referenced within the function.
9240 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9241 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9242 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9243 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9245 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9246 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9247 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9248 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9249 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9250 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9252 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9253 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9254 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9255 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9256 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9257 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9258 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9259 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9260 output at debug-time.
9262 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9263 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9264 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9265 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9266 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9267 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9268 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9269 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9270 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9271 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9272 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9273 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9274 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9276 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9277 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9278 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9279 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9280 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9281 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9282 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9283 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9286 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9287 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9288 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9289 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9290 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9291 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9292 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9293 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9294 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9295 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9296 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9297 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9298 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9301 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9302 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9304 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9305 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9307 if (! reload_completed)
9310 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9311 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9312 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
9313 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == REG
9314 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9315 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
9317 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9322 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9324 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9326 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9327 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
9329 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9330 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9331 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9332 if (declared_type == passed_type)
9333 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9334 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9335 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
9336 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
9337 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
9338 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9341 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9342 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9343 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9344 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9345 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9346 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9348 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
9349 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9350 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9351 /* Not passed in memory. */
9352 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
9353 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9354 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
9355 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9356 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9357 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9358 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9361 /* Big endian correction check. */
9363 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9364 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9367 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9368 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9370 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9371 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9375 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9377 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9378 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9379 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9380 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9384 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9385 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9386 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9387 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9389 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9390 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9391 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9392 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9394 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9395 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9396 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9397 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9398 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9400 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9402 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9403 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9404 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9405 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9406 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9407 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9408 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9410 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9411 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9412 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9413 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9414 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9416 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9417 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9418 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9419 if (rtl && GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
9425 rtl = (*targetm.delegitimize_address) (rtl);
9427 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9428 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9429 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9431 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9436 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9437 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9438 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9439 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9440 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9441 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9442 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9443 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9444 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9445 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9448 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9451 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9453 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9455 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
9458 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
9459 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9462 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9465 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9466 don't emit anything. */
9476 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9477 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
9481 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl))
9483 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9484 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9485 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9486 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9487 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl, 1);
9494 descr = loc_descriptor (rtl);
9496 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9501 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9502 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9503 enum machine_mode mode;
9506 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9507 descr = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9508 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9509 add_loc_descr (&descr,
9510 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
9511 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9513 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9515 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9516 add_loc_descr (&descr, temp);
9517 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9518 add_loc_descr (&descr,
9519 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
9520 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
9523 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, descr);
9531 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9532 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9533 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9536 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
9538 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9539 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9541 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
9542 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9547 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
9550 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
9551 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9552 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
9554 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9555 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
9556 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
9563 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9564 the value of the attribute. */
9567 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
9569 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
9571 if (demangle_name_func)
9572 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
9574 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
9578 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9581 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
9583 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
9585 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
9588 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9589 a representation for that bound. */
9592 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
9594 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
9599 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9601 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
9602 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
9603 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
9604 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
9605 /* use the default */
9608 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
9613 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9614 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9615 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
9619 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9620 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9621 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9622 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9623 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9624 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9625 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9626 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9627 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9628 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9629 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9630 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9631 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9632 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9633 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9634 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9635 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9636 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9638 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9639 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9640 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9641 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
9642 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
9644 dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9645 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9646 rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
9648 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9649 it references an outer function's frame. */
9650 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
9652 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
9654 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
9655 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
9658 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9659 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9660 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location,
9661 loc_descriptor (loc));
9662 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9665 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9671 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
9673 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9674 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9675 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9676 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9678 if (decl_die != NULL)
9679 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9685 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9686 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9688 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
9689 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
9691 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
9695 if (current_function_decl == 0)
9696 ctx = comp_unit_die;
9698 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
9700 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9701 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9702 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9703 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9704 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9706 bound = build (SAVE_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (bound), bound,
9707 current_function_decl, NULL_TREE);
9709 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
9710 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9711 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
9712 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
9714 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
9720 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9721 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9724 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
9726 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9727 unsigned dimension_number;
9730 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
9732 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9733 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9734 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9735 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9736 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9737 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9738 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9739 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9741 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9742 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9743 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9744 gen_array_type_die. */
9745 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9746 for (dimension_number = 0;
9747 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
9748 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
9751 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9753 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9754 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9756 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
9759 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9760 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
9761 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
9763 /* Define the index type. */
9764 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
9766 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9767 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9768 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9769 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
9770 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
9771 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9772 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
9775 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
9779 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9780 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9782 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9783 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9784 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9786 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
9788 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
9791 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9792 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9798 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
9802 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
9810 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
9811 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
9814 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9815 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9816 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9817 even for bit-fields. */
9818 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9824 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9825 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9826 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9827 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9828 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
9831 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9832 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9833 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9836 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9837 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9838 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9839 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9840 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9841 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9843 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9844 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9845 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9848 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9850 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
9851 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9852 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9853 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
9854 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
9855 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
9857 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9859 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
9862 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9863 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9864 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9865 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
9866 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9869 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9871 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9872 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9873 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9874 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9875 below must take account of these differences. */
9876 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
9877 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
9879 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9881 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
9882 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9886 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9887 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
9888 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
9890 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
9893 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9894 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9897 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9899 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9900 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
9901 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
9904 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
9905 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
9908 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9909 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9912 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
9914 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
9915 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
9916 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
9919 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9920 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9924 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
9926 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
9928 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
9930 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9931 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9932 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9934 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9935 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9939 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
9941 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
9943 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
9946 if (DECL_P (origin))
9947 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
9948 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
9949 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
9951 if (origin_die == NULL)
9954 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
9957 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9960 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
9962 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
9964 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
9966 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
9967 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
9968 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
9969 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
9972 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9973 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9974 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
9975 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
9979 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
9982 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9984 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9986 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9987 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9990 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
9991 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
9994 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9998 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
9999 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10001 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10002 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10003 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10005 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10006 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10007 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10008 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10009 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10010 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10013 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10014 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10015 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10016 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10018 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10019 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10020 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10025 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10028 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10030 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10033 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10036 pop_decl_scope (void)
10038 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) <= 0)
10041 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10044 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10045 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10046 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10047 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10048 the current active scope. */
10051 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10053 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10054 tree containing_scope;
10057 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10061 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10063 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10064 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10066 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10069 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10072 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10073 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10074 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10075 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10076 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10078 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10079 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10080 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10082 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10083 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10084 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10085 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10086 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10091 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10092 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
10095 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10096 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10099 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10102 scope_die = context_die;
10107 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10110 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10112 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10113 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10114 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10120 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10121 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10124 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10126 return (context_die
10127 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10128 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10129 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10132 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10133 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10134 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10137 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10138 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10140 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10141 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10143 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10144 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10145 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10146 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10147 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10148 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10149 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10151 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10152 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10153 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10154 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10155 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10158 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10159 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10160 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10163 if (type_die != NULL)
10164 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10167 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10168 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10169 was declared without a tag. */
10171 static const char *
10172 type_tag (tree type)
10174 const char *name = 0;
10176 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10180 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10181 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10182 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10184 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10185 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10187 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10188 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10189 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10191 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10193 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10196 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10199 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10200 for bit field types. */
10203 member_declared_type (tree member)
10205 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10206 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10209 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10210 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10213 static const char *
10214 decl_start_label (tree decl)
10217 const char *fnname;
10219 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10220 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
10224 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
10227 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10232 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10233 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10234 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10237 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10239 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10240 dw_die_ref array_die;
10243 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10244 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10245 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10246 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10247 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10250 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10251 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10252 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10254 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10256 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10257 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10258 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10259 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10263 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10264 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10265 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10266 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10267 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10268 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10269 for multidimensional arrays. */
10270 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10273 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10274 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10275 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10276 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10277 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10280 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10282 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10283 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10285 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10286 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10287 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10288 add_subscript_info. */
10289 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10290 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10291 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10293 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10296 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10300 gen_set_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10302 dw_die_ref type_die
10303 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10305 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10306 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10311 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10313 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10314 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10316 if (origin != NULL)
10317 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10320 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10321 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10322 0, 0, context_die);
10325 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10326 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10328 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10332 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10333 emit full debugging info for them. */
10336 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10340 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10341 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10344 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10347 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10349 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10351 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10352 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10353 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10356 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10359 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10361 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10363 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10364 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10365 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10368 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10371 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10373 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10375 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10376 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10377 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10380 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10381 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10382 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10386 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10388 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10390 if (type_die == NULL)
10392 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10393 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10394 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10395 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10397 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10400 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10402 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10403 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10404 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10405 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10409 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10410 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10411 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10412 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10414 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10415 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10416 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10417 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10419 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
10420 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10422 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10424 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10425 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
10427 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link),
10428 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link)))))
10430 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
10431 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10432 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
10434 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10435 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 1));
10440 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10445 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10446 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10449 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10450 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10451 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10452 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10453 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10454 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10455 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10456 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10459 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
10461 dw_die_ref parm_die
10462 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
10465 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
10468 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
10469 if (origin != NULL)
10470 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
10473 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
10474 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
10475 TREE_READONLY (node),
10476 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
10478 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
10479 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10482 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
10483 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
10484 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
10489 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10490 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
10500 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10501 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10504 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10506 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
10509 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10510 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10511 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10512 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10515 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10518 tree formal_type = NULL;
10519 tree first_parm_type;
10522 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10524 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
10525 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
10530 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10532 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10533 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10534 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
10536 dw_die_ref parm_die;
10538 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
10539 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
10542 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10543 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
10544 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
10545 && link == first_parm_type)
10546 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
10547 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10549 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
10551 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
10554 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10555 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10556 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
10557 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
10559 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10560 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10561 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
10562 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
10563 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10564 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
10567 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10568 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10569 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10570 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10571 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10574 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
10576 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
10578 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10579 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10580 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
10581 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
10583 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
10586 push_decl_scope (type);
10587 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10588 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10590 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
10596 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10597 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10600 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
10602 dw_die_ref old_die;
10605 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
10607 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10608 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
10610 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10611 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10612 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10615 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10616 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10617 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10619 context = decl_class_context (decl);
10621 gen_type_die_for_member
10622 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
10625 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10626 save_fn = current_function_decl;
10627 current_function_decl = decl;
10629 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
10630 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
10631 if (! was_abstract)
10632 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
10634 current_function_decl = save_fn;
10637 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10641 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10643 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10644 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10645 dw_die_ref subr_die;
10649 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10650 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
10651 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
10653 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10654 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10655 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10656 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10657 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10659 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10660 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
10667 if (origin != NULL)
10669 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
10672 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10673 inline function. */
10674 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
10675 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
10677 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10678 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
10682 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10684 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
10685 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10686 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10687 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10688 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10690 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10691 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10692 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10693 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10694 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10700 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10701 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10702 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10703 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10704 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10705 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10706 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10707 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
10708 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10709 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
10710 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10711 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
10713 subr_die = old_die;
10715 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
10716 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10717 remove_children (subr_die);
10721 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10722 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
10723 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10724 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10725 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10726 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10728 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10733 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
10735 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10736 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10738 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
10739 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10741 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
10742 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10743 0, 0, context_die);
10746 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10747 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10748 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10750 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10751 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10752 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10753 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10758 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10760 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10762 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10763 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10764 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10765 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
10766 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10767 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10770 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10772 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
10774 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
10775 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
10777 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
10781 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
10782 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
10784 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
10787 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10789 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
10791 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
10792 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
10794 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
10795 current_function_funcdef_no);
10796 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
10797 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10798 current_function_funcdef_no);
10799 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
10801 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
10802 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
10804 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10805 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10806 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
10809 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10810 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10811 variables is relative to one of them. */
10813 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
10814 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
10817 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10818 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10819 if (current_function_needs_context)
10820 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
10821 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl)));
10825 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10826 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10827 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10828 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10829 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10830 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10831 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10832 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10833 an ellipsis at the end. */
10835 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10836 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10837 its formal parameters. */
10838 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10840 else if (declaration)
10841 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
10844 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10845 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
10848 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10849 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10850 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
10851 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
10853 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
10854 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
10855 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10856 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
10858 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
10861 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10862 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10863 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10864 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10865 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10866 parameters at all. */
10867 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10868 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
10870 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
10871 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
10872 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10874 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
10875 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
10878 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10879 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10880 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10882 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10883 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10884 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10885 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10886 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10887 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10888 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10890 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10891 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10892 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10893 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10894 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10895 constructor function. */
10896 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
10898 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
10899 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
10901 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10902 if (current_function_has_inlines)
10904 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10905 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
10907 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
10908 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
10915 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10918 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10920 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10921 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
10923 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10924 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
10925 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
10927 if (origin != NULL)
10928 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
10930 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10931 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10933 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10934 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10937 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10938 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
10939 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
10941 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10942 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
10943 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
10945 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
10947 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
10948 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10950 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
10951 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
10953 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
10954 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
10959 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
10960 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
10961 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
10963 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
10964 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
10966 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10967 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10969 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10970 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10971 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10972 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10976 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10978 if (class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10979 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
10981 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10983 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
10984 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
10987 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
10990 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10993 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10995 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10996 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
10998 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11000 if (origin != NULL)
11001 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11003 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11005 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11006 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11009 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11011 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11012 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11013 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11015 && (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
11016 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
11017 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11019 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11020 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11021 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11022 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11023 it if it ever does happen. */
11024 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
11027 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11028 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11033 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11036 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11038 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11039 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11041 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11043 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11047 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11049 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11052 add_ranges (chain);
11053 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11060 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11061 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11062 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11063 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11064 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11065 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11069 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11072 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11075 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11077 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11079 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11080 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11081 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11082 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11083 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11085 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11087 dw_die_ref subr_die
11088 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11089 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11091 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11092 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11093 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11094 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11095 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11096 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11097 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11098 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11099 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11102 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11103 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11104 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11105 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11106 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11107 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11108 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11109 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11110 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11111 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11112 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11114 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11117 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11120 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11122 dw_die_ref decl_die;
11124 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
11127 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11128 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11129 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11130 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11133 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11135 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11136 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11137 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11140 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11141 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11143 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11144 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11146 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11147 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11148 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11149 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11153 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11154 Use modified_type_die instead.
11155 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11156 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11159 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11162 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11164 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11165 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11166 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11169 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11170 Use modified_type_die instead.
11171 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11172 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11175 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11178 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11180 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11181 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11182 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11186 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11189 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11192 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11193 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11195 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11196 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11197 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11198 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11201 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11204 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
11207 char producer[250];
11208 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11211 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11215 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11216 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11217 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
11218 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11221 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11223 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11224 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11225 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11226 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11227 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11228 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11229 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11230 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11231 strcat (producer, " -g");
11234 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11236 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11237 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11238 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11239 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
11240 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11241 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11242 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11243 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11244 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11245 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11247 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11249 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11253 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11256 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11258 dw_die_ref type_die
11259 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11261 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11263 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11264 TODO: add string length info. */
11266 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11267 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11271 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11274 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
11276 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11278 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11279 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11281 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
11282 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11284 if (access == access_public_node)
11285 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11286 else if (access == access_protected_node)
11287 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11290 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11293 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11296 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
11299 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11300 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11301 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11302 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11303 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11304 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11305 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11306 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11307 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11308 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11309 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11311 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11312 if (binfo && BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo))
11314 tree bases = BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo);
11315 tree accesses = BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo);
11316 int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
11319 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
11320 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i),
11321 (accesses ? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses, i)
11322 : access_public_node), context_die);
11325 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11326 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11328 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11329 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11330 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11331 do put them in the right order. */
11333 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11335 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11337 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11340 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11341 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11343 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11344 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11347 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11349 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11351 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11355 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11356 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11357 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11360 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11362 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11363 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11365 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11366 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11367 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11368 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
11370 if (type_die && ! complete)
11373 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11374 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11375 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
11378 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11380 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11381 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11383 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11385 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11386 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11388 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11390 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
11392 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11395 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11397 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11398 then give a list of members. */
11399 if (complete && !ns_decl)
11401 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11402 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11403 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11404 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11405 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11406 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11408 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11409 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11410 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11411 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
11413 push_decl_scope (type);
11414 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
11417 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11418 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
11420 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
11422 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
11423 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11424 lookup_type_die (vtype));
11429 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11431 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11432 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11433 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
11434 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
11438 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11441 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11443 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11444 dw_die_ref subr_die
11445 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
11446 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11448 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
11449 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
11450 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11451 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
11454 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11457 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11459 dw_die_ref type_die;
11462 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11465 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
11466 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
11467 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11468 if (origin != NULL)
11469 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
11474 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
11475 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
11477 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
11479 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
11482 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
11485 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
11487 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
11488 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11491 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11492 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
11495 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11498 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11502 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11505 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11506 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11508 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11511 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11512 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == type)
11515 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11516 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
11520 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11521 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11522 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11523 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11524 cloned type itself). */
11525 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
11526 type = type_main_variant (type);
11528 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11531 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11537 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
11538 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11539 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11540 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11541 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11543 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11545 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11546 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11547 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11551 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11552 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11553 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
11555 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11556 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11558 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11560 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
11564 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
11565 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
11569 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11570 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11573 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
11574 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11575 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11576 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11580 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11581 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11582 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
11586 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
11588 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11589 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
11592 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11596 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
11599 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11602 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11603 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11604 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11605 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11606 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11607 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11608 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11609 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
11610 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11611 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
11613 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
11615 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
11618 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11619 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11620 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
11625 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
11629 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
11630 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11632 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11637 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11638 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11639 when appropriate. */
11648 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11652 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11659 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11662 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11665 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11667 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
11670 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11671 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11672 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11674 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
11677 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11678 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11680 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
11685 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
11686 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
11690 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
11694 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
11695 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
11703 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11704 things which are local to the given block. */
11707 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11709 int must_output_die = 0;
11712 enum tree_code origin_code;
11714 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11715 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
11716 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
11719 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11720 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11721 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11722 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
11726 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
11727 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
11732 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11733 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11734 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11735 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11736 the current block. */
11737 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11738 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
11740 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11742 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11743 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11744 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11745 must_output_die = 1;
11748 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11749 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11750 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11751 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11752 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11753 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11754 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11755 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
11757 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11758 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11759 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11760 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11761 as being a "significant" one. */
11762 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
11764 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11765 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11766 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
11767 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11768 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11769 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11771 must_output_die = 1;
11777 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11778 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11779 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11780 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11781 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11782 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11783 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11784 if (must_output_die)
11786 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
11787 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11789 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11792 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
11795 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11796 all of its sub-blocks. */
11799 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11804 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11805 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
11808 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11809 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11810 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11811 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11812 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11816 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11817 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11818 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11819 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11823 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
11824 add_child_die (context_die, die);
11826 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11829 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11830 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11833 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11834 therein) of this block. */
11835 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
11837 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
11838 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
11841 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11844 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
11846 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
11849 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11850 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
11851 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11852 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
11853 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
11854 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11860 /* Returns the DIE for namespace NS or aborts.
11862 Note that namespaces don't really have a lexical context, so there's no
11863 need to pass in a context_die. They always go inside their containing
11864 namespace, or comp_unit_die if none. */
11867 force_namespace_die (tree ns)
11871 dwarf2out_decl (ns);
11872 ns_die = lookup_decl_die (ns);
11879 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
11880 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
11883 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
11885 tree context = DECL_P (thing) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing);
11886 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
11887 /* Force out the namespace. */
11888 context_die = force_namespace_die (context);
11890 return context_die;
11893 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
11894 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
11896 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
11897 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
11900 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
11902 dw_die_ref ns_context;
11904 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11907 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
11909 if (ns_context != context_die)
11911 if (DECL_P (thing))
11912 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
11914 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
11918 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
11921 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
11923 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
11925 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
11926 they are an alias of. */
11927 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
11929 /* Output a real namespace. */
11930 dw_die_ref namespace_die
11931 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
11932 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
11933 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
11937 /* Output a namespace alias. */
11939 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
11940 dw_die_ref origin_die
11941 = force_namespace_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
11943 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
11944 dw_die_ref namespace_die
11945 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
11946 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
11947 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
11948 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
11952 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
11955 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11959 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11962 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11968 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
11969 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
11972 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11973 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
11974 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
11975 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
11976 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
11979 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
11980 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
11981 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
11983 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
11984 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
11985 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
11986 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11987 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
11988 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
11989 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
11990 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
11991 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
11993 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11994 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
11997 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
11998 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12000 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12001 have described its return type. */
12002 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12004 /* And its virtual context. */
12005 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12006 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12008 /* And its containing type. */
12009 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12010 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12011 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12013 /* And its containing namespace. */
12014 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12017 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12018 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12022 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12023 actual typedefs. */
12024 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12027 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12028 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12029 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12030 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12031 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12032 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12033 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12035 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12039 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12040 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12042 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12043 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12047 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12048 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12052 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12053 variable declarations or definitions. */
12054 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12057 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12059 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12061 /* And its containing type. */
12062 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12063 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12064 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12066 /* And its containing namespace. */
12067 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12069 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12070 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12071 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12073 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12074 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12075 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12077 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12081 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12082 anonymous unions. */
12083 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12084 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
12086 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12087 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12092 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12093 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12096 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12097 gen_namespace_die (decl);
12101 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES)
12102 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12108 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12111 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
12113 unsigned int file_index;
12115 if (filename != NULL)
12117 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12118 tree context_list_decl
12119 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12122 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12123 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12124 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12125 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12126 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12130 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12131 compilation proper has finished. */
12134 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
12136 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12137 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12138 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12139 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12140 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12141 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12144 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12147 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
12149 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12151 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12156 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12157 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12158 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12159 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12160 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
12163 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12164 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12165 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12166 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12167 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12168 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12169 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12170 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12171 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12172 with the definition of the function.
12174 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12175 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12176 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12177 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12178 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12179 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12180 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12181 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12182 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12183 that they *are* definitions).
12185 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12186 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12187 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12188 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12189 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12190 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12193 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12194 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12195 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12196 if (decl_function_context (decl)
12197 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12198 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12199 context_die = NULL;
12203 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12204 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12205 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12206 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12207 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12208 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12209 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12210 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12211 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12214 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12215 variable declarations or definitions. */
12216 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12220 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12221 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12223 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
12228 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12229 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12232 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12233 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12234 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
12236 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12237 comparisons have. */
12238 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12239 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12240 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12241 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12242 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
12247 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12248 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12251 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12252 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12253 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12254 context_die = NULL;
12262 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12265 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12266 a lexical block. */
12269 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12270 unsigned int blocknum)
12272 function_section (current_function_decl);
12273 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
12276 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12280 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
12282 function_section (current_function_decl);
12283 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
12286 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12287 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12289 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12290 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12291 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12294 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
12298 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12299 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12300 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
12306 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12307 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12308 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12309 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12310 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12311 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12312 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12313 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12314 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12318 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
12321 char *save_file_name;
12323 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12324 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12325 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
12328 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
12329 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
12330 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
12333 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12334 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
12335 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
12336 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
12338 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
12342 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12343 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
12344 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
12345 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
12346 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12352 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
12354 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
12356 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
12358 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
12359 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
12360 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
12361 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
12362 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
12363 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
12365 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
12372 init_file_table (void)
12374 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12375 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
12376 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12378 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12379 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
12380 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
12381 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
12384 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12385 and record information relating to this source line, in
12386 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12389 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
12391 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12394 function_section (current_function_decl);
12396 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12397 if (flag_debug_asm)
12398 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
12401 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12403 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12405 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
12407 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12408 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
12410 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12411 line_info_table_in_use++;
12413 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12414 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12415 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
12417 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
12419 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
12420 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12421 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
12423 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12424 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12425 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
12427 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12428 separate_line_info_table
12429 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
12430 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12431 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
12432 memset (separate_line_info_table
12433 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
12435 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12436 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
12439 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12441 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
12442 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12443 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12444 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
12448 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
12450 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
12451 line_info_table_in_use);
12453 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12454 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
12456 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12458 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
12459 (line_info_table_allocated
12460 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
12461 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
12462 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12465 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12466 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
12467 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
12468 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
12473 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12476 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
12478 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12480 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12481 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
12483 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12484 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
12487 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12489 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12490 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
12491 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
12493 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
12494 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
12495 "Filename we just started");
12499 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12502 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12504 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12505 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12506 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12508 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12510 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12511 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
12515 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12516 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12517 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12520 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12521 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12523 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12525 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
12527 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12528 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12532 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12533 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12534 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12537 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12538 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12540 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12542 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12543 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
12544 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
12545 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
12549 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12552 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12554 init_file_table ();
12556 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12557 decl_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12558 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12559 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12560 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
12562 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12563 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12565 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12566 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12567 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
12568 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12569 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12570 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
12572 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12573 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12574 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
12575 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
12577 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12578 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
12580 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12581 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12582 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12583 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12584 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12585 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12586 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
12588 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
12590 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12592 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12593 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
12594 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12595 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12596 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12598 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME));
12600 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
12601 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12602 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
12603 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12604 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
12605 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12606 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12607 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
12608 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12609 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
12610 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12611 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
12613 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12615 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12616 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
12617 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12618 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
12621 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
12624 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
12628 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12629 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12632 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
12634 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
12636 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
12638 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
12639 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
12640 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
12648 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12649 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12652 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
12656 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12657 prune_unmark_dies (c);
12661 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12662 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12665 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
12669 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
12671 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
12673 /* A reference to another DIE.
12674 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12675 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
12677 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file)
12679 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12680 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
12681 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
12687 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12688 to DIE's children. */
12691 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
12695 if (die->die_mark == 0)
12697 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12700 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12701 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12702 if (die->die_parent)
12703 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
12705 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12706 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
12708 /* If this node is a specification,
12709 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
12710 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
12711 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
12714 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
12716 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12717 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12721 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12723 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12724 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12725 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
12726 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
12728 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
12734 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12737 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
12741 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12745 switch (die->die_tag) {
12746 case DW_TAG_const_type:
12747 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
12748 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
12749 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
12750 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
12751 case DW_TAG_typedef:
12752 case DW_TAG_array_type:
12753 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
12754 case DW_TAG_union_type:
12755 case DW_TAG_class_type:
12756 case DW_TAG_friend:
12757 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
12758 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
12759 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
12760 case DW_TAG_string_type:
12761 case DW_TAG_set_type:
12762 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
12763 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
12764 case DW_TAG_file_type:
12765 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12769 /* Mark everything else. */
12775 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12776 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
12778 /* Mark children. */
12779 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
12780 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
12784 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12787 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
12789 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
12790 if (!die->die_mark)
12794 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
12799 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
12807 die->die_child = n;
12814 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12817 prune_unused_types (void)
12820 limbo_die_node *node;
12822 /* Clear all the marks. */
12823 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
12824 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12825 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
12827 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12828 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
12829 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12830 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
12832 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12833 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12834 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
12835 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
12836 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
12837 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
12839 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12840 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
12841 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12842 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
12844 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12845 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
12846 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12847 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
12850 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12851 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
12854 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
12856 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
12857 dw_die_ref die = 0;
12859 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
12860 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
12861 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
12862 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
12863 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
12864 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
12867 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
12868 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
12869 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12870 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
12872 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
12877 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
12878 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
12879 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
12880 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
12882 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
12884 next_node = node->next;
12887 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
12889 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
12893 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
12894 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
12896 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
12897 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
12898 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
12899 else if (node->created_for
12900 && TREE_CODE (node->created_for) == SAVE_EXPR
12901 && 0 != (origin = (lookup_decl_die
12903 (node->created_for)))))
12904 add_child_die (origin, die);
12905 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
12906 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
12907 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
12908 else if (node->created_for
12909 && ((DECL_P (node->created_for)
12910 && (context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for)))
12911 || (TYPE_P (node->created_for)
12912 && (context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for))))
12913 && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12915 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
12916 nested function can be optimized away, which results
12917 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
12918 with the return type of that nested function. Force
12919 this to be a child of the containing function. */
12920 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
12923 add_child_die (origin, die);
12930 limbo_die_list = NULL;
12932 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
12933 emit full debugging info for them. */
12934 retry_incomplete_types ();
12936 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
12937 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
12938 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
12940 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
12941 prune_unused_types ();
12943 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
12944 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
12945 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
12946 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
12948 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
12949 that have children. */
12950 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
12951 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
12952 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
12954 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
12956 (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
12958 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
12959 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
12960 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
12961 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
12962 examining the file. */
12963 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
12965 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12966 output_line_info ();
12969 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
12970 if (have_location_lists)
12972 /* Output the location lists info. */
12973 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
12974 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
12975 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
12976 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
12977 output_location_lists (die);
12978 have_location_lists = 0;
12981 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
12983 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
12985 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
12986 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
12989 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
12990 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
12991 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
12992 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
12994 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12995 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
12996 debug_line_section_label);
12998 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
12999 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
13001 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13002 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13003 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13004 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
13006 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
13008 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13009 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13010 output_abbrev_section ();
13012 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13013 if (pubname_table_in_use)
13015 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13016 output_pubnames ();
13019 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13020 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13021 if (fde_table_in_use)
13023 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13027 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13028 if (ranges_table_in_use)
13030 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13031 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
13035 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13036 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13038 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13039 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13043 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13045 if (debug_str_hash)
13046 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
13050 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13051 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
13053 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13055 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"